]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #7611 from poettering/bootspec-fixes
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 236 in spe:
4
5 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
6 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
7 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
8 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
9
10 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
11 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
12 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
13 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
14 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
15 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
16 valid specifiers today.)
17
18 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
19 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
20 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
21 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
22 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
23 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
24
25 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
26 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
27 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
28 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
29
30 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
31 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
32 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
33 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
34 services are resolved properly.
35
36 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
37 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
38 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
39 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
40 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
41 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
42 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
43 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
44 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
45 and btrfs.
46
47 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
48 DNS server and domain information.
49
50 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
51 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
52 runtime.
53
54 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
55 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
56 empty for the first time.
57
58 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
59 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
60 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
61 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
62 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
63 running in the user session.
64
65 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
66 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
67 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
68 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
69 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
70 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
71 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
72 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
73 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
74 user instance).
75
76 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
77 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
78
79 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
80 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
81 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
82 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
83
84 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
85 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
86
87 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
88 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
89 sleep verbs.
90
91 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
92
93 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
94 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
95
96 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
97
98 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
99 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
100 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
101
102 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
103 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
104 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
105 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
106 instance.
107
108 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
109 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
110 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
111
112 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
113 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
114 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
115
116 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
117
118 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
119 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
120 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
121 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
122 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
123 processes.
124
125 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
126 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
127 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
128 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
129
130 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
131 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
132 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
133
134 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
135 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
136 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
137 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
138 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
139
140 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
141 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
142
143 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
144 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
145 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
146 time the specified expression would elapse.
147
148 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
149 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
150 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
151 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
152 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
153 types, not just services.
154
155 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
156 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
157 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
158 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
159
160 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
161 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
162 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
163 interface for this purpose.
164
165 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
166 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
167 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
168 anyway.
169
170 * A new document UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree, that
171 documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
172 requirements of systemd.
173
174 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
175 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
176 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
177
178 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
179 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
180 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
181 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
182
183 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
184 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
185 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
186 Eggert, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry
187 Rozhkov, Edward A. James, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck
188 Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Ikey
189 Doherty, Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo,
190 Josef Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Lars Karlitski, Lars
191 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
192 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz Rubaszewski, Maciej
193 S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson, Martin Steuer,
194 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala, Max Resch, Michael Biebl,
195 Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet
196 Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk
197 Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin
198 McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu,
199 Simon Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
200 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard,
201 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov,
202 WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
203
204 — Berlin, 2017-12-XX
205
206 CHANGES WITH 235:
207
208 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
209 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
210 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
211 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
212 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
213 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
214 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
215 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
216 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
217 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
218 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
219 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
220 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
221 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
222 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
223 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
224 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
225 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
226 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
227 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
228 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
229 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
230 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
231 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
232 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
233 IPAddressDeny= see below.
234
235 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
236 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
237 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
238 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
239 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
240 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
241 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
242 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
243
244 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
245 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
246 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
247 used to change those values.
248
249 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
250 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
251 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
252 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
253 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
254 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
255
256 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
257 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
258 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
259 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
260
261 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
262 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
263 one top-level directory.
264
265 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
266 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
267 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
268 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
269 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
270 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
271 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
272 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
273 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
274 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
275 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
276 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
277 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
278 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
279 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
280
281 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
282 Meson-only.
283
284 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
285 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
286 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
287 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
288 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
289 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
290 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
291 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
292 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
293 acceptable to us.
294
295 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
296 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
297 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
298 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
299 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
300 requested at build time.
301
302 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
303 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
304 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
305 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
306 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
307 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
308 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
309 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
310 Type= setting which permits configuring
311 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
312
313 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
314 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
315 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
316 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
317 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
318 local frames between bridge ports.
319
320 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
321 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
322 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
323
324 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
325 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
326
327 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
328 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
329 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
330 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
331
332 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
333 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
334 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
335 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
336 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
337 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
338 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
339 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
340
341 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
342 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
343 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
344 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
345 command.)
346
347 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
348 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
349 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
350
351 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
352 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
353 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
354 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
355
356 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
357 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
358 configured, except for the credentials applied by
359 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
360 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
361 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
362 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
363 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
364 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
365 on systems where this is not supported.
366
367 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
368 sockets.
369
370 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
371 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
372 during runtime.
373
374 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
375 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
376 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
377
378 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
379 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
380 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
381
382 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
383 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
384 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
385 Following this logic, two new special targets
386 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
387 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
388 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
389
390 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
391 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
392 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
393 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
394
395 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
396 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
397 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
398 --wait".
399
400 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
401 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
402 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
403 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
404 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
405 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
406 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
407 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
408 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
409
410 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
411 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
412 containing information about the consumed resources of this
413 invocation.
414
415 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
416 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
417 processes.
418
419 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
420 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
421 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
422 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
423 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
424 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
425 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
426 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
427 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
428 systems for all five operations.
429
430 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
431 the system.
432
433 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
434 than UTC or the local timezone.
435
436 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
437 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
438 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
439 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
440 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
441 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
442 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
443 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
444
445 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
446 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
447 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
448 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
449 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
450 again.
451
452 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
453 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
454 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
455
456 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
457 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
458 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
459 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
460 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
461 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
462 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
463 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
464 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
465 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
466 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
467 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
468 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
469 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
470 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
471 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
472 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
473 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
474 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
475 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
476
477 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
478
479 CHANGES WITH 234:
480
481 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
482 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
483 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
484 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
485 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
486 summary:
487
488 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
489
490 becomes:
491
492 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
493
494 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
495 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
496 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
497 .device units.
498
499 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
500 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
501 running a systemd user instance.
502
503 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
504 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
505 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
506 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
507 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
508 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
509
510 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
511
512 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
513 (domain search list).
514
515 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
516 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
517 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
518 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
519 implementation of RA.
520
521 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
522 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
523 ISO date values.
524
525 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
526 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
527 devices.
528
529 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
530 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
531 option.
532
533 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
534 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
535 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
536 default yet.
537
538 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
539 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
540 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
541 SHA256SUMS files.
542
543 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
544 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
545
546 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
547
548 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
549
550 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
551 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
552
553 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
554 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
555 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
556 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
557
558 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
559 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
560 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
561 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
562 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
563 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
564 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
565 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
566 systemd-logind to be safe. See
567 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
568
569 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
570 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
571 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
572 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
573 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
574 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
575
576 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
577 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
578 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
579 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
580 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
581 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
582 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
583 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
584 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
585 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
586 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
587 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
588 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
589 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
590 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
591 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
592 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
593 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
594 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
595 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
596 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
597 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
598 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
599 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
600 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
601 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
602 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
603 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
604 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
605 Георгиевски
606
607 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
608
609 CHANGES WITH 233:
610
611 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
612 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
613 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
614 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
615 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
616 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
617 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
618 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
619 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
620
621 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
622 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
623 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
624 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
625 default selected on the configure command line
626 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
627 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
628 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
629 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
630 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
631 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
632 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
633 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
634 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
635 greatest stability and compatibility only.
636
637 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
638 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
639 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
640 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
641 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
642 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
643 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
644 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
645 further details about this.)
646
647 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
648 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
649 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
650
651 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
652 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
653
654 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
655 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
656 with 'make install-tests'.
657
658 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
659 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
660 kernel.
661
662 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
663 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
664 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
665 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
666 by the Slice= option.
667
668 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
669 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
670 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
671 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
672
673 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
674 following choices:
675
676 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
677 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
678 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
679 (h)elp
680 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
681 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
682 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
683 (y)es, execute the command
684
685 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
686 because its meaning was confusing.
687
688 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
689 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
690
691 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
692 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
693 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
694
695 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
696 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
697 state directly, without executing these commands.
698
699 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
700 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
701 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
702
703 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
704 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
705 combination with After=) have been started.
706
707 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
708 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
709 setting, and which system calls they contain.
710
711 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
712 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
713 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
714 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
715 configuration related calls.
716
717 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
718 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
719 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
720 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
721 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
722 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
723 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
724
725 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
726 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
727
728 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
729 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
730 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
731
732 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
733 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
734
735 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
736 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
737 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
738 for compatibility.
739
740 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
741 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
742
743 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
744 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
745
746 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
747 support for negative matching.
748
749 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
750
751 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
752 permitted runtime of the mount command.
753
754 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
755 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
756 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
757 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
758 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
759 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
760 removed from the drive.
761
762 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
763 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
764
765 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
766 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
767
768 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
769 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
770 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
771
772 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
773 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
774 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
775 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
776 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
777 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
778 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
779
780 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
781 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
782 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
783 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
784 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
785 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
786
787 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
788 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
789
790 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
791 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
792 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
793 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
794 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
795 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
796 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
797 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
798
799 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
800 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
801 including all control processes.
802
803 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
804 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
805 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
806
807 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
808 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
809 prefixing the source path with "+".
810
811 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
812 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
813 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
814 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
815 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
816 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
817 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
818 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
819
820 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
821 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
822 before).
823
824 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
825 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
826 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
827 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
828 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
829 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
830 the new --root-hash= command line option).
831
832 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
833 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
834 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
835 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
836 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
837 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
838 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
839 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
840 versions.
841
842 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
843 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
844 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
845 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
846 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
847 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
848 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
849 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
850 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
851 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
852 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
853 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
854 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
855 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
856 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
857 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
858 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
859 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
860 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
861 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
862 a Verity-enabled root partition.
863
864 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
865 accelerometer quirks.
866
867 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
868 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
869 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
870 ID of each service.
871
872 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
873 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
874 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
875 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
876 view.
877
878 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
879 environment variables:
880
881 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
882
883 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
884 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
885 address.
886
887 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
888 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
889 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
890
891 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
892 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
893 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
894 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
895 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
896 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
897 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
898 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
899 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
900 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
901 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
902 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
903 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
904
905 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
906 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
907 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
908
909 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
910 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
911
912 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
913 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
914 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
915 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
916 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
917
918 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
919 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
920 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
921
922 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
923 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
924
925 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
926 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
927 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
928 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
929
930 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
931 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
932 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
933 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
934 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
935 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
936 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
937 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
938 possibly even including full integrity data.
939
940 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
941 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
942 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
943 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
944 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
945
946 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
947 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
948 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
949 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
950 directly with systemd-nspawn.
951
952 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
953 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
954 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
955 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
956
957 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
958 of coredumps in reverse order.
959
960 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
961 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
962 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
963 additional informational message in its output.
964
965 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
966 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
967 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
968
969 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
970 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
971 scripting languages such as Python.
972
973 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
974 namespacing is enabled for them.
975
976 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
977 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
978 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
979 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
980 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
981 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
982
983 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
984 root key (KSK).
985
986 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
987 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
988 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
989
990 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
991 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
992 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
993 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
994 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
995 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
996 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
997 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
998 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
999 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
1000 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
1001 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
1002 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
1003 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
1004 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
1005 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
1006 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
1007 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
1008 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
1009 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
1010 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
1011 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
1012 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
1013 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
1014 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
1015 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
1016 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
1017 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
1018 Тихонов
1019
1020 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
1021
1022 CHANGES WITH 232:
1023
1024 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
1025 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
1026 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
1027 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1028 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1029 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1030
1031 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1032 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1033
1034 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
1035 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1036 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
1037
1038 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1039 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1040 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1041
1042 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
1043 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1044 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1045 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1046
1047 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
1048 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1049
1050 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1051 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1052 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1053
1054 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1055 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1056 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1057 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1058 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1059 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1060 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
1061 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1062 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1063 permanent modifications to the system.
1064
1065 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
1066 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
1067 container or chroot environments.
1068
1069 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
1070 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1071 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1072 mapped to nobody.
1073
1074 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1075 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1076 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1077 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1078
1079 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1080 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1081
1082 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1083 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1084 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1085 and the support is provisional.
1086
1087 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1088 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1089 unit files in the file system).
1090
1091 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1092 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1093 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1094 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1095 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1096 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1097 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1098 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1099 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1100 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1101 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1102 state is fixed automatically.
1103
1104 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1105 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1106 option.
1107
1108 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1109 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1110 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1111 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1112 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1113 else.
1114
1115 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1116 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1117 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1118 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1119 bootable on physical systems.
1120
1121 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
1122
1123 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1124 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1125 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1126 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1127 used.
1128
1129 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
1130 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
1131 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1132 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1133
1134 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
1135
1136 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
1137 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1138 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1139 of the container).
1140
1141 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
1142 files from the specified location.
1143
1144 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1145 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1146 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1147 be active.
1148
1149 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1150 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1151 trackball devices.
1152
1153 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1154 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1155 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1156
1157 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
1158 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1159 specified service binary exited.)
1160
1161 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
1162 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1163
1164 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
1165 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
1166 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
1167 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
1168 --since= and --until= options.
1169
1170 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
1171 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
1172 are automatically propagated to the container.
1173
1174 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
1175 from a single IP address can be limited with
1176 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
1177 MaxConnections=.
1178
1179 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
1180 configuration.
1181
1182 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
1183 drop-ins.
1184
1185 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
1186 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
1187 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
1188 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
1189 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
1190 [Link] section of .link files.
1191
1192 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
1193 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
1194 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
1195 section of .netdev files.
1196
1197 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
1198 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
1199 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
1200
1201 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
1202 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
1203 .network files.
1204
1205 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
1206 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
1207 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
1208 service runtime cycle.
1209
1210 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1211 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
1212 has been traditionally doing.
1213
1214 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
1215 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
1216 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
1217 prevent any later plugins from running.
1218
1219 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
1220 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
1221 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
1222 default of SplitMode=uid.
1223
1224 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
1225 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
1226 useful.
1227
1228 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
1229 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1230 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1231 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1232 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1233 individual namespaces.
1234
1235 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1236 the output, as well as OS release information.
1237
1238 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1239
1240 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1241 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1242 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1243 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1244 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1245
1246 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1247 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1248 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1249 severed.
1250
1251 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1252 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1253 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1254 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1255 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1256 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1257 information about exit statuses and results.
1258
1259 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1260 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1261 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1262 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1263 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1264 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1265
1266 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1267
1268 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1269 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1270 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1271 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1272 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1273 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1274 entirely.
1275
1276 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1277 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1278 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1279
1280 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1281 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1282 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1283 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1284 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1285 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1286 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1287 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1288 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1289 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1290 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1291 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1292 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1293 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1294 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1295 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1296 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1297
1298 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1299 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1300 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1301 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1302
1303 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1304 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1305 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1306 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1307
1308 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1309 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1310 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1311 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1312 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1313 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1314 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1315 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1316 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1317 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1318 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1319 fragment entirely.)
1320
1321 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1322 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1323 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1324
1325 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1326 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1327 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1328 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1329
1330 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1331 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1332 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1333 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1334 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1335 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1336
1337 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1338 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1339
1340 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1341 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1342
1343 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1344 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1345 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1346 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1347 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1348
1349 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1350 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1351 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1352 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1353 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1354 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1355 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1356 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1357 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1358 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1359 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1360 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1361 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1362 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1363 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1364 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1365 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1366 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1367 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1368 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1369 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1370 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1371 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1372 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1373 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1374 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1375
1376 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
1377
1378 CHANGES WITH 231:
1379
1380 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1381 with an additional special character as first argument of the
1382 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
1383 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1384 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1385 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1386 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1387 independently.
1388
1389 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1390 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1391
1392 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1393 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1394 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1395 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
1396 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
1397 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1398 values.
1399
1400 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1401 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1402 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1403 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1404 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1405
1406 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1407 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1408 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1409 7:10am every day.
1410
1411 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1412 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1413 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1414 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1415 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1416 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1417 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1418 available for compatibility.
1419
1420 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1421 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1422 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1423 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1424 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1425 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1426
1427 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1428 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1429 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1430 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1431 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1432 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1433 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1434 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1435 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1436
1437 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1438 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1439 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1440 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
1441 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1442 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1443 desired options.
1444
1445 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1446 cgroupsv2.
1447
1448 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1449 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1450 limited to subgroups of that group.
1451
1452 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1453 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1454 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
1455 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
1456 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1457 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1458 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1459 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1460
1461 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1462 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1463 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1464 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1465 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1466 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1467 own long-running services.
1468
1469 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1470 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1471 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1472 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1473
1474 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1475 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1476 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1477 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1478 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1479 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1480 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1481 primitives.
1482
1483 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1484 "terminate".
1485
1486 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1487 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1488
1489 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1490 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1491 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1492 --flush-caches".
1493
1494 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1495 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1496 is shown.
1497
1498 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1499 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1500 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1501 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1502 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1503 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1504
1505 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1506 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1507 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1508 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1509 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1510 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1511 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1512 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1513 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1514 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1515 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1516 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1517 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1518 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1519 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1520 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1521 bus API instead.
1522
1523 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1524 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1525 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1526 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1527
1528 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1529 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1530 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1531 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1532
1533 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1534 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1535 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1536
1537 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1538 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1539
1540 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1541 interface configuration.
1542
1543 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1544 specifying the --force switch.
1545
1546 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1547 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1548 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1549
1550 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1551 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1552 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1553 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1554 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1555 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1556 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1557 to be handled.
1558
1559 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1560 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1561
1562 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1563 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1564
1565 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1566 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1567 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1568
1569 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1570 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1571
1572 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1573 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1574 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1575 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1576 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1577 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1578 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1579 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1580 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1581 library.
1582
1583 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1584 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1585 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1586 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1587 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1588 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1589 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1590 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1591 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1592 HACKING for details.
1593
1594 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1595 distribution's bugtracker.
1596
1597 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1598 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1599 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1600 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1601 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1602 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1603 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1604 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1605 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1606 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1607 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1608 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1609 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1610 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1611 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1612 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1613 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1614 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1615 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1616
1617 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1618
1619 CHANGES WITH 230:
1620
1621 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1622 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1623 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1624 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1625 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1626 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1627 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1628 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1629 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1630 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1631 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1632 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1633 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1634 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1635 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1636 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1637 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1638 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1639 applications.)
1640
1641 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1642 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1643 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1644
1645 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1646 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1647 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1648 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1649 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1650 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1651 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1652
1653 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1654 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1655 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1656 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1657 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1658 command works for tmux.
1659
1660 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1661 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1662 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1663 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1664 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1665 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1666
1667 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1668 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1669
1670 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1671 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1672 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1673
1674 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1675
1676 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1677 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1678 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1679 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1680 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1681
1682 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1683 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1684 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1685 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1686
1687 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1688 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1689 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1690 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1691 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1692 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1693
1694 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1695 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1696 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1697
1698 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1699 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1700 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1701 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1702 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1703 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1704
1705 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1706 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1707 address.
1708
1709 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1710 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1711 should be emitted.
1712
1713 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1714 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1715 supported.
1716
1717 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1718 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1719 logging performance.
1720
1721 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1722 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1723 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1724 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1725 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1726 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1727
1728 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1729 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1730 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1731 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1732
1733 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1734 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1735
1736 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1737 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1738 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1739
1740 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1741
1742 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1743 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1744 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1745 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1746
1747 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1748 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1749 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1750 refuse to operate on such files.
1751
1752 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1753 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1754 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1755
1756 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1757 just hidden container images.
1758
1759 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1760 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1761
1762 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1763 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1764 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1765 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1766 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1767 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1768 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1769 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1770 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1771 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1772 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1773
1774 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1775 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1776 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1777 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1778 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1779 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1780 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1781 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1782 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1783 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1784 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1785 terminates.
1786
1787 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1788 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1789 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1790 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1791
1792 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1793 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1794 rate of the socket unit.
1795
1796 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1797 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1798 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1799 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1800 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1801
1802 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1803 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1804 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1805 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1806 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1807 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1808 with this.
1809
1810 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1811 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1812
1813 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1814 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1815
1816 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1817 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1818 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1819 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1820 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1821
1822 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1823 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1824 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1825
1826 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1827 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1828 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1829 target is now included in early userspace.
1830
1831 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1832 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1833 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1834 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1835 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1836 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1837 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1838 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1839 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1840 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1841 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1842 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1843 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1844 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1845 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1846 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1847 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1848 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1849 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1850 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1851 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1852 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1853 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1854 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1855 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1856 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1857
1858 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1859
1860 CHANGES WITH 229:
1861
1862 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1863 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1864 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1865 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1866 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1867 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1868 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1869 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1870 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1871 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1872 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1873 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1874 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1875
1876 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1877 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1878 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1879 /usr/bin.
1880
1881 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1882 devices.
1883
1884 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1885 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1886 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1887 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1888 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1889 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1890 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1891 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1892 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1893 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1894 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1895 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1896 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1897 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1898 this limit.
1899
1900 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1901 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1902 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1903 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1904 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1905 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1906 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1907 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1908
1909 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1910 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1911 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1912 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1913 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1914 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1915 and group at package installation time.
1916
1917 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1918 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1919 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1920 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1921 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1922
1923 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1924 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1925 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1926 supports it.
1927
1928 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1929 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1930
1931 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1932 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1933 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1934 file is already initialized.
1935
1936 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1937 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1938 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1939 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1940 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1941 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1942 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1943 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1944 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1945
1946 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1947 working directory for the process started in the container.
1948
1949 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1950 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1951 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1952 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1953 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1954
1955 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1956 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1957 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1958
1959 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1960 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1961 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1962 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1963
1964 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1965 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1966 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1967 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1968 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1969
1970 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1971 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1972 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1973 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1974
1975 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1976 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1977 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1978 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1979 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1980 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1981 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1982 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1983 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1984 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1985 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1986 by PID 1.
1987
1988 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1989 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1990 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1991 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1992 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1993 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1994 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1995 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1996
1997 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1998
1999 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
2000 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
2001 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
2002
2003 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
2004 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
2005 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
2006 recent kernels.
2007
2008 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
2009 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
2010
2011 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
2012 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
2013 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
2014 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
2015 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
2016 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
2017 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
2018 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
2019 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
2020 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
2021 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
2022 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
2023 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
2024
2025 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
2026 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
2027 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2028 clusters or larger setups.
2029
2030 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2031
2032 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2033 sockets.
2034
2035 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2036
2037 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2038 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2039 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2040 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2041 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2042 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2043
2044 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2045 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2046 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2047
2048 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2049 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
2050 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2051 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
2052
2053 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
2054
2055 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2056 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2057 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2058 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2059 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2060 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2061 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2062 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2063 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2064 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2065 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2066 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2067 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2068 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2069 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2070 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2071 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2072 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2073 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2074
2075 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
2076
2077 CHANGES WITH 228:
2078
2079 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2080 files are now also available as properties to set when
2081 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2082 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2083 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2084 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2085 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2086 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2087 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2088
2089 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2090 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2091 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
2092
2093 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2094 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2095 created transiently.
2096
2097 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2098 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2099 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2100 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2101 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
2102 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
2103 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2104 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2105
2106 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2107 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2108 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2109
2110 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2111 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2112 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2113 enabled.
2114
2115 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2116 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2117 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2118 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2119 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2120 subvolumes.
2121
2122 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2123 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2124
2125 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
2126 individual indexes.
2127
2128 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2129 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2130 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2131 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2132 suffixes now.
2133
2134 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2135 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2136 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2137 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2138 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2139 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2140 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2141 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2142 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2143 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2144 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2145 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2146 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2147 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2148 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2149 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2150 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2151 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2152 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2153 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2154 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2155
2156 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2157 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2158 links between the host and the container.
2159
2160 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
2161 added that allows importing select environment variables
2162 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
2163 the service.
2164
2165 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
2166 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
2167 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
2168 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
2169 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
2170 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
2171 than until they first elapse.
2172
2173 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
2174 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
2175 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
2176 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
2177 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
2178 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
2179 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
2180 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
2181
2182 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
2183 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
2184 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
2185 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
2186 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
2187 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
2188 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
2189 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
2190 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
2191 journal and in coredump handling.
2192
2193 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
2194 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
2195 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
2196 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
2197 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
2198 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
2199 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
2200 software you package still references it, as this is a
2201 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
2202 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
2203
2204 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
2205
2206 Note that only util-linux versions built with
2207 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
2208
2209 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
2210 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
2211 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
2212
2213 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
2214 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
2215 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
2216 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
2217 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
2218 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
2219 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
2220 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
2221 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
2222 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
2223 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
2224 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
2225 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
2226 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
2227 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
2228 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
2229
2230 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
2231 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
2232 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
2233 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2234 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2235 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2236 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2237 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2238 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2239 surprises.
2240
2241 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2242 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2243 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2244 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2245 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2246 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2247 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2248 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2249 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2250 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2251 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
2252 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
2253 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2254 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2255 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2256 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2257 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2258 of PID 1 is the root user).
2259
2260 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2261 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2262 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2263 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2264 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2265 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2266 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2267 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2268 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2269 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2270 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2271 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2272 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2273 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2274 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2275
2276 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
2277
2278 CHANGES WITH 227:
2279
2280 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2281 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2282 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2283
2284 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2285 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2286 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2287 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2288 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2289 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2290
2291 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2292 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
2293 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2294 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
2295 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
2296
2297 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
2298 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2299 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2300 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2301 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2302 packets on unestablished sockets.
2303
2304 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
2305 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
2306 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2307 automatically.
2308
2309 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2310 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2311 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2312
2313 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2314 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2315 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2316 for disk IO.
2317
2318 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2319 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2320 removed.
2321
2322 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2323 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2324 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2325 configured in User=.
2326
2327 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2328 directory of the selected user by default.
2329
2330 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
2331 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2332 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2333 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2334 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2335 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2336 compat reasons.
2337
2338 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
2339 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
2340 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2341 units.
2342
2343 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2344 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2345 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2346 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2347 level.
2348
2349 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2350 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2351 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2352 namespaces work correctly.
2353
2354 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2355 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2356 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
2357 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
2358 activation.
2359
2360 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2361 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2362 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2363 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2364 system instance in a container.
2365
2366 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2367 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2368 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2369 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2370 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2371 connections.
2372
2373 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2374 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2375
2376 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2377 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2378 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2379 processes attached, or similar.
2380
2381 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2382 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2383 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2384
2385 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2386 specifiers like %i or %f.
2387
2388 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
2389 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2390 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2391 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2392
2393 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2394 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
2395 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
2396 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2397 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2398 descriptors using sd_notify().
2399
2400 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2401
2402 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
2403 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
2404
2405 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2406 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2407
2408 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
2409 .network files.
2410
2411 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2412 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2413 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2414 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2415 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2416 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2417 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2418 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2419 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2420 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2421 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2422 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2423 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2424 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2425 gdm-autologin is used.
2426
2427 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2428 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2429 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2430 next to the image file.
2431
2432 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2433 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2434 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2435 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2436
2437 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2438 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2439 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2440 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2441 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2442 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2443
2444 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2445 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2446 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2447 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
2448 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
2449 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2450 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2451 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2452 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2453 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2454 number of files in place.
2455
2456 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2457 on kernels where that is supported.
2458
2459 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
2460
2461 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2462 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2463 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2464 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2465 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2466 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2467 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2468 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2469 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2470 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2471 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2472 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2473 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2474 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2475 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2476 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2477 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2478 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2479
2480 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
2481
2482 CHANGES WITH 226:
2483
2484 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2485 new features:
2486
2487 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2488 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2489 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2490 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2491 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2492 is any) is propagated.
2493
2494 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2495 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2496 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2497 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2498 information is enabled between host and containers by
2499 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2500 to what the host has set.
2501
2502 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2503 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2504
2505 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2506 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2507 information back, even if the server loses state.
2508
2509 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2510 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2511 PoolSize=.
2512
2513 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2514 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2515 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2516 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2517
2518 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2519 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2520 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2521 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2522 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2523
2524 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2525 for virtio devices.
2526
2527 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2528 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2529 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2530 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2531 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2532 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2533 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2534 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2535 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2536 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2537 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2538 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2539 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2540 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2541 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2542 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2543 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2544 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2545 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2546 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2547 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2548 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2549 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2550 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2551 grants them.
2552
2553 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2554 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2555 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2556 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2557 group tree.
2558
2559 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2560 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2561 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2562 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2563 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2564 work correctly in containers now.
2565
2566 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2567 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2568
2569 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2570 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2571 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2572 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2573 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2574
2575 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2576 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2577 signal events.
2578
2579 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2580 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2581 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2582 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2583 on these parameters.
2584
2585 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2586 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2587 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2588 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2589 nspawn command line.
2590
2591 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2592 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2593 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2594 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2595 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2596 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2597 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2598 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2599
2600 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2601
2602 CHANGES WITH 225:
2603
2604 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2605 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2606 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2607 shell directly without prompting for username or
2608 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2609 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2610 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2611 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2612 the originating session.
2613
2614 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2615 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2616
2617 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2618 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2619 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2620 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2621 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2622 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2623 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2624 this release.
2625
2626 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2627 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2628 messages.
2629
2630 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2631 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2632 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2633
2634 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2635 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2636
2637 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2638 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2639 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2640 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2641 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2642 posteriori.
2643
2644 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2645 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2646
2647 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2648 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2649 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2650 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2651 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2652 "lastlog" tools.
2653
2654 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2655 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2656 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2657 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2658 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2659
2660 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2661 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2662 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2663 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2664 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2665 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2666 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2667 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2668 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2669 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2670 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2671 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2672
2673 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2674
2675 CHANGES WITH 224:
2676
2677 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2678 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2679
2680 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2681 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2682 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2683
2684 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2685 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2686 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2687
2688 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2689
2690 CHANGES WITH 223:
2691
2692 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2693 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2694 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2695 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2696
2697 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2698 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2699
2700 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2701 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2702
2703 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2704
2705 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2706 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2707 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2708
2709 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2710 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2711 decapsulated packet.
2712
2713 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2714 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2715 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2716 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2717 netlink attribute.
2718
2719 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2720 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2721 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2722 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2723
2724 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2725 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2726 according to RFC2460.
2727
2728 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2729 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2730
2731 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2732 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2733 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2734
2735 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2736 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2737 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2738 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2739 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2740 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2741
2742 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2743 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2744 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2745 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2746 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2747 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2748 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2749 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2750 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2751 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2752
2753 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2754
2755 CHANGES WITH 222:
2756
2757 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2758 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2759 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2760
2761 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2762 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2763
2764 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2765 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2766 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2767 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2768 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2769
2770 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2771 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2772 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2773
2774 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2775 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2776 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2777 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2778 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2779
2780 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2781
2782 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2783 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2784 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2785 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2786 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2787 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2788 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2789 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2790 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2791 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2792
2793 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2794
2795 CHANGES WITH 221:
2796
2797 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2798 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2799 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2800 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2801 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2802 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2803 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2804 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2805 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2806 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2807 portable to other kernels.
2808
2809 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2810 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2811 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2812 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2813 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2814 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2815 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2816 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2817 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2818 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2819 systemd enabled.
2820
2821 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2822 2.26.
2823
2824 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2825 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2826 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2827 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2828 in README for details.
2829
2830 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2831 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2832 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2833 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2834 unit.
2835
2836 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2837 into man pages.
2838
2839 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2840 external project.
2841
2842 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2843 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2844
2845 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2846 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2847 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2848 state.
2849
2850 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2851 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2852 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2853
2854 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2855 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2856 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2857 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2858 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2859 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2860 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2861 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2862 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2863 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2864 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2865 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2866 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2867 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2868 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2869 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2870
2871 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2872
2873 CHANGES WITH 220:
2874
2875 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2876 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2877 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2878 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2879 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2880 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2881 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2882 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2883
2884 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2885 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2886 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2887 service consumed). This value is only available if
2888 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2889 in the "systemctl status" output.
2890
2891 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2892 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2893 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2894 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2895 previously was already the default behaviour).
2896
2897 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2898 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2899 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2900
2901 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2902 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2903 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2904 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2905
2906 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2907 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2908 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2909 journalling file systems that support external journal
2910 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2911 systems to be mounted.
2912
2913 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2914 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2915 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2916 stable release this should not be problematic.
2917
2918 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2919 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2920 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2921 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2922 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2923
2924 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2925 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2926 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2927 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2928 network switches.
2929
2930 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2931 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2932
2933 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2934 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2935 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2936
2937 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2938
2939 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2940 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2941 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2942 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2943 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2944 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2945 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2946 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2947 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2948 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2949 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2950 been fixed in v220.
2951
2952 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2953 systemd-networkd.
2954
2955 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2956 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2957 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2958 containers started from the command line.
2959
2960 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2961 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2962
2963 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2964 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2965 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2966 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2967
2968 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2969 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2970 when shutting down.
2971
2972 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2973 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2974 overlayfs support.
2975
2976 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2977 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2978 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2979 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2980 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2981 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2982 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2983
2984 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2985 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2986 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2987
2988 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2989 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2990 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2991 of v1 as before).
2992
2993 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2994 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2995
2996 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2997 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2998 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2999 their own sessions without further privileges or
3000 authorization.
3001
3002 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
3003 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
3004 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
3005 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
3006 accessible via a bus interface.
3007
3008 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
3009 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
3010 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
3011 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
3012 to cover this functionality.
3013
3014 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
3015 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
3016 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
3017 disabled/masked also stopped.
3018
3019 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
3020 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
3021 updated to support systemd-boot.
3022
3023 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
3024 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
3025 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
3026 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
3027 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
3028 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
3029 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3030 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3031 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3032
3033 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3034 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3035 system.
3036
3037 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3038 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3039 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3040 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3041 device symlinks.
3042
3043 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3044 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3045 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3046 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3047
3048 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3049 stick devices has been added.
3050
3051 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3052 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3053
3054 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3055 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3056 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3057 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3058 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3059
3060 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3061 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3062 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3063
3064 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3065 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3066 Debian.
3067
3068 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3069 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3070 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3071
3072 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3073 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3074 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3075 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3076 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3077 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3078 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3079 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3080 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3081 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3082 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3083 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3084 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3085 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3086 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3087 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3088 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3089 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3090 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3091 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3092 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3093 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3094 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3095 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3096 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3097 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3098 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3099
3100 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
3101
3102 CHANGES WITH 219:
3103
3104 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3105 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3106 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3107 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3108 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3109 interface with and update the database.
3110
3111 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3112 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3113 before bytewise copying is done.
3114
3115 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3116 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3117 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3118 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3119 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3120 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3121 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3122 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3123 available on btrfs file systems.
3124
3125 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3126 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
3127 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
3128 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3129 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3130 systems.
3131
3132 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3133 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3134 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3135 mount point remains.
3136
3137 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3138 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3139 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3140 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3141 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3142 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3143 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3144 are disabled.
3145
3146 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3147 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3148 container to the host or vice versa.
3149
3150 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3151 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3152 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3153
3154 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3155 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3156
3157 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3158 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3159 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3160 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3161 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
3162 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
3163 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
3164 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
3165 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
3166 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
3167 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
3168 make the functionality of importd available to the
3169 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
3170 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
3171 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
3172 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
3173 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
3174 only fully supported on btrfs.
3175
3176 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
3177 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
3178 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
3179 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
3180 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
3181 information about images.
3182
3183 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
3184 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
3185 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
3186 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
3187 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
3188 legacy file systems).
3189
3190 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
3191 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
3192 shown in networkctl output.
3193
3194 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
3195 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
3196 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
3197 processes as system services while interactively
3198 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
3199 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
3200 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
3201 full login session, the difference being that the former
3202 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
3203 setup.
3204
3205 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
3206 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
3207 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
3208 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
3209 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
3210
3211 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
3212 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
3213 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
3214 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
3215 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
3216 via qemu/kvm.
3217
3218 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
3219 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
3220 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
3221 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
3222 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
3223 disk images, too.
3224
3225 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
3226 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
3227 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
3228 integrate with that.
3229
3230 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
3231 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
3232 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
3233 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3234
3235 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3236 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3237 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3238
3239 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3240 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3241 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3242 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3243 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3244 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3245 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3246 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3247 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3248 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3249
3250 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3251 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3252 files.
3253
3254 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
3255 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
3256 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
3257 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
3258 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3259 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3260 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3261 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3262 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3263 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3264 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3265 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3266 explicitly turned on.
3267
3268 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3269 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3270 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3271 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3272
3273 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3274 supported.
3275
3276 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3277 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3278 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3279 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3280 associated with a virtual machine or container
3281 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3282 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3283 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3284 output however.)
3285
3286 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3287 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3288 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3289 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3290 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3291 caller's session/user.
3292
3293 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3294 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3295 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3296 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3297 user services.
3298
3299 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3300 same way as unit files.
3301
3302 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3303 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3304 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3305 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3306 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3307 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3308 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3309 the host.
3310
3311 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3312 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3313 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3314 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3315 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3316 host.
3317
3318 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
3319 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3320 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3321 updated to make use of it too by default.
3322
3323 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3324 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3325 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3326 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3327
3328 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3329 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3330 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3331 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3332 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3333 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3334 modification.
3335
3336 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3337 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3338 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
3339 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
3340 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3341 information about Touchpad types.
3342
3343 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3344 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3345
3346 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3347 Policy link field.
3348
3349 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3350 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3351
3352 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3353 ACLs on files.
3354
3355 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3356 tmpfs, automatically.
3357
3358 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3359 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3360 status" output, if available.
3361
3362 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3363 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3364 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3365 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3366 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3367 run on next reboot.
3368
3369 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3370 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3371 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3372 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3373 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3374 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3375 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3376
3377 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3378 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3379 after a configurable timeout.
3380
3381 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3382 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3383 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3384 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3385 it non-idle.
3386
3387 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3388 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3389
3390 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3391 each .network interface in networkd.
3392
3393 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3394 in .network files.
3395
3396 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3397 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3398
3399 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
3400 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3401 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3402 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3403 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3404 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3405 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3406 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3407 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3408 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3409 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3410 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3411 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3412 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3413 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
3414 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3415 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3416 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3417 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3418 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3419 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3420 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
3421 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3422 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3423
3424 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
3425
3426 CHANGES WITH 218:
3427
3428 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3429 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3430 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
3431 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
3432
3433 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
3434 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
3435 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3436 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3437 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3438
3439 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3440
3441 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
3442 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
3443 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3444 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3445 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3446 modified configuration after editing.
3447
3448 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3449 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3450 system preset files.
3451
3452 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3453 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3454 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3455 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3456 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3457 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3458 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3459 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3460 other contexts.
3461
3462 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3463 inhibitors.
3464
3465 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
3466 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
3467 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3468 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3469 managers.
3470
3471 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3472 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3473 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3474 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3475 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
3476 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
3477 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3478 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3479 parallel to journald.
3480
3481 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3482 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3483 available.
3484
3485 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3486 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3487 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3488 or are not older than the specified time.
3489
3490 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3491 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3492 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3493 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3494
3495 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3496 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3497 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3498 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3499 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3500 communication.
3501
3502 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3503 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3504 services.
3505
3506 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3507 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3508 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3509 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3510 the new "busctl tree" command.
3511
3512 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3513 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3514 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3515 friendly way.
3516
3517 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3518 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3519 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3520 race-ful way.
3521
3522 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3523 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3524 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3525 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3526 --link-journal=try-guest.
3527
3528 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3529 stable MAC addresses.
3530
3531 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3532 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3533 the respective unit shall use.
3534
3535 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3536 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3537 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3538 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3539
3540 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3541 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3542 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3543 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3544 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3545 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3546
3547 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3548 details see:
3549
3550 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3551
3552 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3553 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3554 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3555 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3556 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3557 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3558 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3559 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3560 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3561 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3562 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3563 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3564
3565 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3566 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3567 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3568 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3569 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3570
3571 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3572 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3573 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3574 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3575 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3576 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3577 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3578 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3579
3580 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3581 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3582 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3583 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3584 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3585 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3586 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3587 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3588 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3589 interface.
3590
3591 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3592 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3593 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3594 luks.name= argument.
3595
3596 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3597 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3598 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3599 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3600 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3601 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3602
3603 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3604 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3605 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3606
3607 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3608 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3609 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3610 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3611 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3612 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3613 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3614 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3615 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3616 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3617 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3618 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3619 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3620 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3621 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3622 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3623 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3624 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3625
3626 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3627
3628 CHANGES WITH 217:
3629
3630 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3631 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3632 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3633 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3634
3635 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3636 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3637 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3638 now waits until the operation is complete.
3639
3640 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3641 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3642 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3643 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3644 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3645 connection.
3646
3647 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3648 commands anymore.
3649
3650 * User units are now loaded also from
3651 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3652 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3653 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3654
3655 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3656 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3657 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3658 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3659 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3660 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3661 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3662 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3663 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3664 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3665 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3666 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3667 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3668 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3669 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3670 question.
3671
3672 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3673 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3674 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3675
3676 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3677 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3678 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3679 command line to trigger resume.
3680
3681 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3682 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3683 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3684 Desktop=systemd-console.
3685
3686 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3687 systemd-networkd.
3688
3689 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3690 from the information provided by the networking stack
3691 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3692
3693 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3694 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3695
3696 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3697 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3698 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3699
3700 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3701
3702 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3703 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3704 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3705 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3706 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3707 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3708
3709 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3710 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3711 respected.
3712
3713 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3714 virtualization.
3715
3716 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3717 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3718 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3719 on.
3720
3721 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3722
3723 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3724
3725 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3726 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3727 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3728 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3729 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3730 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3731 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3732
3733 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3734 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3735 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3736 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3737 from the service's view entirely.
3738
3739 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3740 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3741
3742 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3743 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3744 session.
3745
3746 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3747 legacy-free systems.
3748
3749 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3750 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3751 easily.
3752
3753 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3754 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3755 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3756 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3757 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3758 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3759 option.
3760
3761 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3762 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3763 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3764 /usr.
3765
3766 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3767 services, not only the main process.
3768
3769 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3770 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3771 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3772 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3773 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3774
3775 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3776 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3777 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3778 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3779 directly from now on, again.
3780
3781 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3782 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3783 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3784 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3785 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3786 unit file enabling and disabling.
3787
3788 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3789 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3790 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3791 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3792 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3793 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3794 unnecessary or unlikely.
3795
3796 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3797 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3798 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3799 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3800
3801 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3802 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3803 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3804 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3805 overwritten at runtime.
3806
3807 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3808 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3809 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3810 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3811 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3812 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3813 segmentation fault.
3814
3815 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3816 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3817 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3818 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3819 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3820 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3821 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3822 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3823 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3824 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3825 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3826 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3827 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3828 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3829 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3830 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3831 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3832 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3833 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3834 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3835 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3836 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3837
3838 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3839
3840 CHANGES WITH 216:
3841
3842 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3843 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3844 implementations should add a
3845
3846 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3847
3848 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3849 default functionality.
3850
3851 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3852 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3853 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3854 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3855 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3856 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3857 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3858 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3859 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3860 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3861 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3862 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3863 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3864
3865 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3866 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3867 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3868 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3869 expected to be added eventually, too.
3870
3871 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3872 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3873 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3874 new command to update these fields.
3875
3876 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3877 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3878 have been discovered via DHCP.
3879
3880 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3881 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3882 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3883 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3884 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3885 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3886 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3887 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3888 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3889 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3890 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3891 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3892 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3893 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3894 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3895 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3896 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3897 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3898 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3899 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3900
3901 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3902 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3903 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3904
3905 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3906 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3907 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3908 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3909 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3910 control utility for networkd.
3911
3912 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3913 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3914 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3915 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3916 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3917 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3918 (NoDelay=).
3919
3920 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3921 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3922
3923 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3924 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3925 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3926 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3927 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3928 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3929
3930 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3931 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3932 of the link.
3933
3934 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3935 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3936
3937 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3938 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3939
3940 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3941 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3942 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3943 for DHCP.
3944
3945 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3946 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3947 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3948 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3949 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3950 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3951 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3952 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3953
3954 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3955 validation of unit files.
3956
3957 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3958 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3959 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3960 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3961 address may now be configured.
3962
3963 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3964 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3965 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3966 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3967
3968 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3969 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3970
3971 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3972 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3973 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3974 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3975
3976 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3977 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3978 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3979 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3980 implementation.
3981
3982 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3983 journal data to a remote system running
3984 systemd-journal-remote.
3985
3986 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3987 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3988 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3989 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3990 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3991 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3992 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3993 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3994 version, you have to turn this option on again
3995 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3996
3997 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3998 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3999 better than XZ which was the previous default.
4000
4001 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
4002 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
4003
4004 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
4005 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
4006
4007 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
4008 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
4009 "systemctl status" output for a service.
4010
4011 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
4012 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
4013 hostname, root password) interactively on first
4014 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
4015 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
4016
4017 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
4018
4019 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
4020
4021 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
4022 when primary addresses are removed.
4023
4024 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
4025 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
4026 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
4027 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4028 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4029 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4030 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4031 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4032 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4033 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4034 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4035 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4036 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4037 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4038 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4039
4040 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
4041
4042 CHANGES WITH 215:
4043
4044 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4045 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4046 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4047 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4048 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4049 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4050 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4051 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4052 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4053 require.
4054
4055 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4056 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4057
4058 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4059 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4060 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4061 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4062 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4063 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4064 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4065
4066 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4067 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4068 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4069 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4070 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4071 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4072 update or reset should use this condition and order
4073 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4074 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4075 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4076 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4077 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4078 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4079 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
4080 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
4081 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4082
4083 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4084
4085 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4086 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4087 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
4088 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4089
4090 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4091 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4092 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4093 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4094 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4095 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4096 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
4097 .network files using settings of this section should be
4098 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4099 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
4100
4101 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4102 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
4103
4104 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4105 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4106 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4107 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4108 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4109 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4110 of nspawn instances.
4111
4112 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4113 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4114 added.
4115
4116 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4117 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4118 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4119 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4120 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4121 configuration stored in /etc.
4122
4123 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4124 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4125 parsing of unknown mount options.
4126
4127 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4128 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4129 it already exist and not already be the correct
4130 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
4131 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4132 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4133 pre-existing files of different types.
4134
4135 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4136 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
4137 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
4138 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4139 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4140 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4141 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4142
4143 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4144 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4145 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4146 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4147 shall be executed.
4148
4149 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4150 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
4151 example whether it is fully up and running.
4152
4153 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4154 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4155 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4156 reset.
4157
4158 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4159 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4160
4161 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
4162 field for defining the default instance to create if a
4163 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
4164
4165 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
4166 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
4167 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
4168
4169 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
4170 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
4171 access to this group.
4172
4173 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
4174 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
4175 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
4176 to the journal.
4177
4178 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
4179 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
4180 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
4181 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
4182 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
4183 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
4184
4185 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
4186 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
4187 that makes sure to only show information about the most
4188 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
4189 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
4190 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
4191 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
4192 the old name to the new name.
4193
4194 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
4195 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
4196 coredumpctl without restrictions.
4197
4198 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
4199 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
4200 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
4201 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
4202 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
4203 "systemd-debug-generator".
4204
4205 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
4206 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
4207 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
4208 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
4209 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
4210 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
4211 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
4212 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
4213 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
4214 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
4215 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
4216
4217 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
4218 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
4219 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
4220 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
4221 been added to query many of these paths for the local
4222 machine and user.
4223
4224 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
4225 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
4226 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
4227 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
4228 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
4229
4230 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
4231 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
4232 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
4233 couple of drop-in directories.
4234
4235 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4236 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4237 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4238 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4239 for dev_port.
4240
4241 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4242 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4243 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4244 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4245
4246 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4247 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4248 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4249 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4250 Restart= setting.
4251
4252 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4253 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4254 directly connect to a specific container on the
4255 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4256 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4257 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4258 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4259 containers is a privileged operation.
4260
4261 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4262 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4263 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4264 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4265 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4266 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4267 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4268 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4269 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4270 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4271 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4272 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4273
4274 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
4275
4276 CHANGES WITH 214:
4277
4278 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4279 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4280 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4281 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4282 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4283 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4284 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4285 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4286 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
4287 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
4288 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4289 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
4290 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4291 devices are excluded from this logic.
4292
4293 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4294 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4295 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4296 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4297 change has been released.
4298
4299 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
4300 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
4301 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4302
4303 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
4304 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4305 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
4306 with fewer privileges.
4307
4308 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4309 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4310 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4311 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4312
4313 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
4314 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4315
4316 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
4317 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4318
4319 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
4320 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
4321 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4322
4323 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4324 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
4325 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
4326 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4327 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
4328 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
4329
4330 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
4331 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4332 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
4333
4334 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
4335 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
4336 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4337 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4338 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4339 modifications of user data or system files from
4340 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4341 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4342
4343 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4344 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4345 and FIFOs in the file system.
4346
4347 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
4348 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4349 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4350
4351 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4352 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
4353 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
4354 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
4355 the socket itself.
4356
4357 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4358 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4359 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4360 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4361 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4362 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4363 symlinks, and nothing else.
4364
4365 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4366 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4367 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4368 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4369 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4370 process (for example, the parent process). The
4371 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4372 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4373 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4374 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4375 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4376 messages to services when the originating process already
4377 vanished.
4378
4379 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
4380 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
4381 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4382 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4383 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4384 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4385 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4386 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4387 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4388 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4389 all long-running services.
4390
4391 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4392 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4393 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4394 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4395 service.
4396
4397 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4398 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4399 applied to all submounts, too.
4400
4401 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4402
4403 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4404 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4405 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4406 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4407 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4408 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4409 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4410
4411 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
4412 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4413 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
4414 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
4415 (domU) domains.
4416
4417 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4418 files or entire directories.
4419
4420 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
4421 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4422 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4423 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
4424 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4425
4426 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4427 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4428 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4429 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
4430 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4431 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
4432 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
4433 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
4434 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4435 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4436 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4437 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4438
4439 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4440 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4441 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4442 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4443
4444 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4445 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
4446 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
4447 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
4448 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4449 non-directories.
4450
4451 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4452 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4453 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4454
4455 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4456 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4457 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4458 this group.
4459
4460 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4461 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4462 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4463 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4464 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4465 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4466 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4467
4468 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
4469
4470 CHANGES WITH 213:
4471
4472 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
4473 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
4474 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
4475 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
4476 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
4477 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4478 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
4479 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
4480 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
4481 client should be more than appropriate for most
4482 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4483 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4484 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4485 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4486 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4487 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4488 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4489 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4490 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4491 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4492 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4493
4494 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4495 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4496 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4497 part of a different namespace.
4498
4499 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4500 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4501 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4502 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4503
4504 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4505 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4506 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4507
4508 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4509 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4510 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4511 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4512 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4513 restart the service in question.
4514
4515 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4516 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4517 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4518 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4519 details when running non-locally.
4520
4521 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4522 graphs it generates.
4523
4524 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4525 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4526 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4527 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4528 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4529
4530 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4531
4532 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4533 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4534 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4535 what it was on SysV systems.
4536
4537 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4538 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4539
4540 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4541 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4542 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4543 files.
4544
4545 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4546 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4547 to show these addresses in its output.
4548
4549 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4550 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4551 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4552 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4553 preferred over a text one.
4554
4555 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4556 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4557 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4558 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4559 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4560 mDNS cache.
4561
4562 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4563 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4564 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4565 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4566 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4567
4568 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4569 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4570 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4571 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4572 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4573
4574 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4575 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4576 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4577 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4578 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4579 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4580 overrides any other settings.
4581
4582 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4583 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4584 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4585 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4586 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4587 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4588 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4589 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4590 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4591 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4592 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4593 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4594 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4595 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4596 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4597 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4598 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4599
4600 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4601
4602 CHANGES WITH 212:
4603
4604 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4605 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4606 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4607 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4608 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4609 by accident.
4610
4611 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4612 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4613 registered with machined.
4614
4615 * sd-login gained new calls
4616 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4617 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4618 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4619 counterparts.
4620
4621 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4622 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4623 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4624 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4625 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4626 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4627 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4628 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4629 once.
4630
4631 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4632 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4633 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4634
4635 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4636 units on all local containers, when used with the
4637 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4638 executed when no parameters are specified).
4639
4640 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4641 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4642 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4643 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4644
4645 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4646 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4647 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4648 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4649 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4650 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4651
4652 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4653 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4654 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4655 of the container.
4656
4657 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4658 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4659 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4660 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4661 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4662 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4663 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4664 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4665
4666 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4667 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4668 instead of /.
4669
4670 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4671 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4672 emergency messages now.
4673
4674 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4675 journal log messages across the network.
4676
4677 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4678 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4679 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4680 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4681 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4682 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4683 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4684
4685 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4686 down a local OS container.
4687
4688 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4689 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4690 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4691
4692 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4693 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4694 this is appropriate.
4695
4696 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4697 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4698 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4699
4700 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4701 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4702 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4703 for debugging purposes.
4704
4705 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4706 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4707 in seconds.
4708
4709 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4710 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4711 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4712 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4713 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4714 like on traditional inetd.
4715
4716 * A new system.conf configuration option
4717 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4718 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4719
4720 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4721 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4722 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4723 do these days).
4724
4725 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4726 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4727 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4728 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4729 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4730 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4731
4732 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4733 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4734 it will be triggered.
4735
4736 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4737 addresses to its local interfaces.
4738
4739 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4740 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4741 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4742 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4743 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4744 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4745 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4746 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4747 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4748
4749 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4750
4751 CHANGES WITH 211:
4752
4753 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4754 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4755 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4756 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4757 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4758 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4759
4760 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4761 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4762 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4763 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4764 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4765 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4766 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4767 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4768 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4769
4770 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4771 matching against device group names.
4772
4773 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4774 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4775 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4776 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4777 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4778 though.
4779
4780 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4781 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4782 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4783 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4784 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4785 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4786 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4787 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4788 systems prepared appropriately.
4789
4790 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4791 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4792 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4793 (see above). This means that installations made with
4794 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4795 deployed using container managers, completely
4796 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4797 this feature soon, too.)
4798
4799 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4800 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4801 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4802 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4803
4804 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4805 using IPv4LL.
4806
4807 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4808 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4809 systemd-networkd.
4810
4811 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4812 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4813 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4814 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4815 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4816
4817 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4818 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4819 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4820 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4821 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4822 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4823 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4824 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4825 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4826 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4827 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4828 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4829 users.
4830
4831 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4832 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4833 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4834 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4835 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4836 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4837 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4838 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4839 due to a closed lid.
4840
4841 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4842 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4843 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4844 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4845 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4846 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4847
4848 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4849 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4850 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4851 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4852 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4853
4854 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4855 now also work in --scope mode.
4856
4857 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4858 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4859 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4860 promises are made.)
4861
4862 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4863 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4864 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4865 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4866 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4867 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4868 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4869 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4870 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4871 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4872
4873 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4874
4875 CHANGES WITH 210:
4876
4877 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4878 according to SMACK rules.
4879
4880 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4881 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4882
4883 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4884 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4885 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4886
4887 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4888 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4889 and machine ID.
4890
4891 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4892 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4893 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4894 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4895 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4896 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4897 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4898 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4899 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4900 backpack or similar.
4901
4902 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4903 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4904 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4905 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4906 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4907 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4908 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4909 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4910 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4911 this on its own.
4912
4913 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4914 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4915 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4916 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4917
4918 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4919 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4920 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4921 --network-bridge= switches.
4922
4923 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4924 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4925 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4926 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4927 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4928 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4929 each configuration option.
4930
4931 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4932 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4933 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4934 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4935 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4936
4937 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4938 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4939 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4940 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4941 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4942
4943 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4944 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4945 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4946 default however.
4947
4948 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4949 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4950 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4951 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4952 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4953 them with systemd-networkd.
4954
4955 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4956 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4957 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4958 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4959 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4960 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4961 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4962 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4963 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4964 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4965 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4966 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4967 during a transitional period!
4968
4969 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4970 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4971 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4972 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4973 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4974 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4975 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4976 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4977
4978 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4979
4980 CHANGES WITH 209:
4981
4982 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4983 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4984 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4985 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4986 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4987 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4988 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4989 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4990 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4991 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4992 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4993 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4994
4995 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4996 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4997 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4998 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4999 machines and the like.
5000
5001 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
5002 shutdown/boot.
5003
5004 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
5005 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
5006
5007 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
5008 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
5009 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
5010 prepared for additional security frameworks.
5011
5012 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
5013 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
5014 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
5015 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
5016 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
5017 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
5018
5019 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
5020 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
5021 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
5022 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
5023 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
5024 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
5025 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
5026 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
5027 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
5028
5029 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
5030 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
5031
5032 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5033 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5034 implementation.
5035
5036 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
5037 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
5038 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5039 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5040 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5041 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5042 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5043 and .service units.
5044
5045 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5046 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5047 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5048
5049 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
5050 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
5051 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
5052 nothing makes use of it.
5053
5054 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5055 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5056 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5057
5058 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5059 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5060 compatibility purposes.
5061
5062 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5063 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5064 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
5065 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
5066 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5067 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5068 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5069 process handling.
5070
5071 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5072 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5073 style to "sd-bus.h".
5074
5075 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5076 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
5077 "systemd-networkd".
5078
5079 * There is a new kernel command line option
5080 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5081 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5082 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5083 are not restored.
5084
5085 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5086 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5087 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5088 PID1's support for that anymore.
5089
5090 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
5091 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5092
5093 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5094 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5095 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5096 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5097 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5098 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5099
5100 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
5101 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
5102 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5103 onto remote systems.
5104
5105 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5106 login in any local container. This works with any container
5107 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
5108 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
5109
5110 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5111 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5112 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5113 system of some kind.
5114
5115 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5116 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5117 next.
5118
5119 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5120 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5121 reboot() system call.
5122
5123 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5124 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
5125 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
5126 still available but not advertised anymore.
5127
5128 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5129 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
5130 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
5131 within each Unit.
5132
5133 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5134 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
5135 the kernel).
5136
5137 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
5138 timestamps (following the setting in
5139 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
5140
5141 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5142 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5143
5144 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5145 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5146
5147 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5148 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5149 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5150
5151 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5152 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
5153 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5154 the full configuration is shown.
5155
5156 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5157 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
5158 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5159
5160 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
5161
5162 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
5163 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
5164
5165 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
5166 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
5167 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
5168 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
5169
5170 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
5171 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
5172 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
5173 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
5174
5175 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
5176 of the legend text.
5177
5178 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
5179 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
5180 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
5181 remote sessions.
5182
5183 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
5184 information of SDIO devices.
5185
5186 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
5187 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
5188 the system manager.
5189
5190 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
5191 short description of the connection parameters in the
5192 description.
5193
5194 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
5195 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
5196 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
5197 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
5198 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
5199 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
5200 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
5201
5202 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
5203 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
5204 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
5205 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
5206 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
5207 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
5208 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
5209 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
5210 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
5211
5212 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
5213 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
5214 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
5215 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
5216 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
5217 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
5218 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
5219 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
5220 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
5221 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
5222 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
5223 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
5224 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
5225 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
5226 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
5227 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
5228 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
5229 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5230 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
5231 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
5232 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
5233 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5234 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5235
5236 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
5237 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
5238 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5239 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5240 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
5241 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
5242 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5243 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
5244 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
5245 that you are aware of the instability of the current
5246 APIs.
5247
5248 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
5249 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
5250 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
5251 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5252 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5253 declare the APIs stable.
5254
5255 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
5256 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
5257 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
5258 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
5259 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
5260 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5261 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5262 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5263 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5264 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5265 one of them is updated.
5266
5267 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
5268 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
5269 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5270 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5271 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5272
5273 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5274 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5275 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
5276 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
5277 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
5278 entry points.
5279
5280 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5281 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5282 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5283 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
5284 been disabled at compile-time.
5285
5286 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
5287 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
5288 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5289 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5290
5291 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5292 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5293 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
5294
5295 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
5296 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5297 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
5298
5299 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5300 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
5301 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
5302
5303 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5304 remains until jobs expire.
5305
5306 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
5307 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
5308 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
5309 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
5310 all remaining processes of the service.
5311
5312 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5313 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
5314 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5315 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5316 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
5317 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
5318 manager process which created them takes no further
5319 responsibilities for it.
5320
5321 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
5322 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5323 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5324 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5325 marked executable or world-writable.
5326
5327 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
5328 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
5329 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5330 "--setenv=" for consistency.
5331
5332 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5333 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
5334 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
5335 independent of the host.
5336
5337 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5338 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
5339 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
5340 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5341
5342 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5343 with specific SELinux labels set.
5344
5345 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5346 any additional output but the container's own console
5347 output.
5348
5349 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5350 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5351
5352 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
5353 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
5354 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
5355 OS images, but only specific apps.
5356
5357 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
5358 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
5359 results in registration of the unit service itself in
5360 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
5361
5362 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5363 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
5364 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
5365 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5366 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5367 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
5368
5369 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5370 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
5371 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
5372 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5373 units to use.
5374
5375 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5376 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5377 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5378 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5379
5380 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5381 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5382 context for a service.
5383
5384 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5385 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
5386 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5387 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
5388 influence this logic.
5389
5390 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5391 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5392 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5393 other things.
5394
5395 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
5396 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
5397 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5398 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
5399 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5400 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5401 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
5402 architectures). There is also a global
5403 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
5404 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5405
5406 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5407 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5408
5409 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5410 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5411 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5412 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5413 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5414 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5415 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5416 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5417 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5418 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5419 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5420 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5421 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5422 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5423 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5424 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5425 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5426 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5427 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5428 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5429 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5430 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5431 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5432 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5433
5434 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
5435
5436 CHANGES WITH 208:
5437
5438 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5439 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5440 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5441 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5442 access input and drm devices which are normally
5443 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5444 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5445 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5446 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5447 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5448 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5449 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5450 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5451
5452 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
5453 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
5454 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5455
5456 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5457 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5458 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5459 kernel version number.
5460
5461 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5462 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
5463 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
5464
5465 * This release removes high-level support for the
5466 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5467 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5468 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
5469 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
5470
5471 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5472 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5473 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
5474 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5475 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
5476 cgroup system.
5477
5478 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5479 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5480 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5481 logs among other things.
5482
5483 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5484 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5485 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5486 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5487 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5488 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5489 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5490 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5491 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5492 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5493 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5494 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5495 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5496 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5497 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5498 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5499 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5500 not delayed until next reboot.
5501
5502 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5503 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5504 systemd generated files in one directory.
5505
5506 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5507 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5508 performance information if that's available to determine how
5509 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5510 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5511 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5512
5513 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5514 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5515 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5516 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5517 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5518 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5519 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5520
5521 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5522
5523 CHANGES WITH 207:
5524
5525 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5526 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5527 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5528 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5529
5530 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5531 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5532 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5533 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5534 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5535
5536 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5537 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5538
5539 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5540 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5541 maximum number of tries.
5542
5543 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5544 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5545 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5546
5547 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5548 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5549
5550 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5551 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5552 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5553
5554 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5555 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5556 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5557
5558 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5559 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5560 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5561 and type).
5562
5563 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5564 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5565
5566 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5567 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5568 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5569 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5570
5571 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5572 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5573 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5574 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5575 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5576 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5577 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5578 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5579
5580 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5581 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5582 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5583 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5584
5585 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5586 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5587 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5588 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5589 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5590 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5591 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5592
5593 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5594 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5595
5596 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5597 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5598 automatically after the process terminated.
5599
5600 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5601 certain paths from operation.
5602
5603 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5604 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5605 is received.
5606
5607 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5608 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5609 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5610 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5611 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5612 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5613 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5614 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5615 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5616 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5617 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5618 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5619 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5620
5621 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5622
5623 CHANGES WITH 206:
5624
5625 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5626 concepts introduced with 205.
5627
5628 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5629 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5630 -r".
5631
5632 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5633 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5634 --state= parameter.
5635
5636 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5637 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5638 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5639 the journal.
5640
5641 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5642 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5643 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5644
5645 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5646 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5647 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5648 browsing logs from that point on.
5649
5650 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5651 of an FSS key.
5652
5653 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5654 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5655 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5656 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5657 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5658 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5659 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5660 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5661 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5662 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5663 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5664 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5665 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5666 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5667
5668 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5669 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5670 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5671 backing module right-away.
5672
5673 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5674 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5675
5676 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5677 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5678
5679 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5680 set of processes in the message metadata.
5681
5682 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5683
5684 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5685 support for passing performance data via environment
5686 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5687 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5688 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5689 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5690 deserialize it again.
5691
5692 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5693 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5694 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5695 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5696
5697 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5698 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5699 completely silent shutdown when used.
5700
5701 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5702 option in .socket units.
5703
5704 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5705 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5706 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5707 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5708 system.slice as before.
5709
5710 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5711
5712 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5713 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5714 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5715 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5716 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5717 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5718 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5719
5720 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5721
5722 CHANGES WITH 205:
5723
5724 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5725
5726 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5727 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5728 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5729 possible for system services and applications to group their
5730 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5731 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5732 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5733
5734 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5735 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5736 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5737 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5738 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5739
5740 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5741 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5742 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5743 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5744
5745 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5746 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5747 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5748 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5749 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5750 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5751 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5752 and useful as a general batch manager.
5753
5754 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5755 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5756 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5757 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5758 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5759 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5760 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5761 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5762 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5763 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5764
5765 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5766 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5767 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5768 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5769 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5770 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5771 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5772 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5773 is compile-time optional.
5774
5775 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5776 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5777 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5778 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5779 well as slice units.
5780
5781 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5782 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5783 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5784 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5785 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5786 command that wraps this call.
5787
5788 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5789 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5790 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5791 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5792 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5793 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5794 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5795
5796 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5797 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5798 off audit.
5799
5800 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5801 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5802
5803 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5804 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5805 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5806 and system logs.
5807
5808 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5809 snippets extending unit files.
5810
5811 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5812 not available as public API.
5813
5814 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5815 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5816 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5817
5818 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5819 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5820 controls what to boot into by default.
5821
5822 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5823 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5824
5825 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5826 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5827 about the unit file loading.
5828
5829 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5830 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5831 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5832 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5833 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5834 racy due to journal file rotation.
5835
5836 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5837 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5838 all services.
5839
5840 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5841 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5842 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5843 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5844 system services want to log events about specific client
5845 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5846 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5847 unit is requested.
5848
5849 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5850 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5851 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5852 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5853 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5854 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5855 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5856 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5857 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5858 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5859 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5860 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5861 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5862
5863 CHANGES WITH 204:
5864
5865 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5866 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5867
5868 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5869 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5870 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5871
5872 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5873 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5874
5875 CHANGES WITH 203:
5876
5877 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5878 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5879
5880 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5881 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5882 fields, including the root directory.
5883
5884 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5885 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5886 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5887 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5888 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5889 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5890 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5891 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5892 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5893 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5894 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5895
5896 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5897 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5898
5899 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5900 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5901
5902 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5903 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5904 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5905 the local hostname.
5906
5907 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5908 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5909 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5910 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5911 VMs/containers coming and going.
5912
5913 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5914 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5915 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5916
5917 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5918 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5919 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5920 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5921
5922 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5923 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5924 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5925
5926 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5927 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5928 services. With the container's root directory in
5929 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5930 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5931
5932 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5933 the processes within a certain container.
5934
5935 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5936 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5937 check though. Patches welcome!
5938
5939 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5940 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5941 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5942 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5943 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5944
5945 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5946 the passed argument if applicable.
5947
5948 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5949 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5950 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5951 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5952 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5953 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5954 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5955 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5956
5957 CHANGES WITH 202:
5958
5959 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5960 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5961 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5962 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5963 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5964 units activate.
5965
5966 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5967 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5968 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5969 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5970 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5971 for now, and not installable.
5972
5973 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5974 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5975 can run in conjunction with udev.
5976
5977 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5978 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5979 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5980 session manager.
5981
5982 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5983 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5984 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5985 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5986 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5987 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5988 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5989 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5990 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5991 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5992 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5993
5994 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5995
5996 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5997 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5998 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5999 logical expressions.
6000
6001 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
6002 switches.
6003
6004 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
6005 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
6006 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
6007 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
6008 the user.
6009
6010 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
6011 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
6012 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
6013 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
6014 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
6015 an entry.
6016
6017 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
6018 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6019 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
6020 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6021 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
6022 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6023
6024 CHANGES WITH 201:
6025
6026 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
6027 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6028 directory.
6029
6030 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6031 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6032 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6033 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6034 problem.
6035
6036 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6037 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6038 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6039 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6040
6041 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6042 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6043
6044 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6045 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6046 files in this context are files such as
6047 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6048
6049 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6050 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6051 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6052 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6053 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6054 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6055
6056 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6057 hostnames.
6058
6059 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6060 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6061 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6062 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6063 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6064 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6065 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6066 all time-related output of systemd.
6067
6068 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6069 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6070 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6071 loops.
6072
6073 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6074 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6075
6076 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6077 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
6078 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
6079 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6080 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6081
6082 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6083 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6084 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6085 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6086 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6087 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6088 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6089
6090 CHANGES WITH 200:
6091
6092 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6093 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6094 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6095 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6096 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6097 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6098
6099 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6100 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6101 images.
6102
6103 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6104 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6105 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6106
6107 CHANGES WITH 199:
6108
6109 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6110
6111 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6112 security policy.
6113
6114 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6115 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6116 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6117 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6118 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6119 the same service can still access). When a service is
6120 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
6121 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
6122 this though).
6123
6124 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6125 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6126 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6127 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6128 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6129 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6130
6131 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
6132 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
6133
6134 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6135 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6136
6137 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
6138
6139 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
6140 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6141 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6142 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6143 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
6144
6145 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6146 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6147 system is to be mounted.
6148
6149 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6150 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6151 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6152 purpose for socket units.
6153
6154 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6155 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6156
6157 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6158 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
6159 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
6160 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
6161 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
6162
6163 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
6164 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
6165 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6166 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6167 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
6168 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
6169 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6170 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6171 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6172
6173 CHANGES WITH 198:
6174
6175 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
6176 files without having to edit/override the unit files
6177 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
6178 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
6179 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
6180 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
6181 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
6182 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
6183 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
6184 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
6185 unit files locally: copying the files from
6186 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
6187 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
6188 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
6189 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
6190 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
6191 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
6192 for them too.
6193
6194 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6195 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
6196 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
6197 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
6198 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
6199 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
6200 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
6201 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
6202 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
6203
6204 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
6205 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
6206
6207 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
6208 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
6209 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
6210 other users.
6211
6212 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
6213 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
6214 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
6215 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
6216 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6217 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
6218 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
6219 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6220 management logic is also available to other programs via the
6221 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
6222 supported.
6223
6224 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6225 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
6226 the foreground VT.
6227
6228 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
6229 call.
6230
6231 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
6232 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
6233 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
6234 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6235 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6236 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6237 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6238 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6239 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6240 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6241 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6242 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6243 also been removed.
6244
6245 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6246 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
6247 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6248 objects themselves.
6249
6250 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6251
6252 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6253 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
6254 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
6255 to how this is supported in shells.
6256
6257 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6258 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6259 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6260 user systemd instance.
6261
6262 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6263 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6264 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6265 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6266 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6267 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6268 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6269 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6270 one day for good in the kernel.
6271
6272 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6273 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6274 container.
6275
6276 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6277 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
6278 the host into the container.
6279
6280 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6281 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6282 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6283 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6284 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6285 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
6286
6287 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
6288
6289 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6290 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6291 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6292 configured to be mounted there.
6293
6294 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6295 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6296 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6297 system resume events.
6298
6299 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6300 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
6301 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
6302 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
6303
6304 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6305 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6306 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6307 card).
6308
6309 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6310 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6311 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6312
6313 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6314 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6315 later "change" event.
6316
6317 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6318 now carry a message ID.
6319
6320 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6321 continues to be work in progress.
6322
6323 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6324 root directory to operate relative to.
6325
6326 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6327 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
6328 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6329 times a little.
6330
6331 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6332 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6333 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6334 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6335 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6336 request boot into firmware operations.
6337
6338 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6339 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6340 correctly in initrds.
6341
6342 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6343 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6344
6345 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6346 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6347
6348 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6349 the status of all active or failed units.
6350
6351 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6352 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6353 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6354 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
6355 requests more robust.
6356
6357 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6358 reading journal files.
6359
6360 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6361 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6362
6363 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
6364
6365 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6366 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
6367
6368 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6369 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6370 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6371 socket activation in daemons.
6372
6373 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6374 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6375
6376 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6377 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6378 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6379
6380 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
6381 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
6382 system units.
6383
6384 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6385 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6386 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6387
6388 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6389 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6390 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6391 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
6392 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6393 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6394 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6395 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6396 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6397 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6398 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6399 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
6400 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6401 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6402 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6403 package installation time.
6404
6405 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6406 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6407 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6408 installation time.
6409
6410 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6411 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6412
6413 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6414
6415 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6416 available.
6417
6418 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6419 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6420
6421 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6422 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6423 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6424 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6425 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6426 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6427 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6428 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6429 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6430 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6431 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6432 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6433 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6434 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6435
6436 CHANGES WITH 197:
6437
6438 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6439 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6440 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6441 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6442 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6443 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6444 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6445 the supported calendar time specification language see
6446 systemd.time(7).
6447
6448 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6449 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6450 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6451 document for details:
6452
6453 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
6454
6455 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
6456 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6457 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
6458 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6459 dependencies.
6460
6461 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6462 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6463 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6464 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6465 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6466 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6467 with a configure switch.
6468
6469 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6470 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6471 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6472 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6473 such as ext4.
6474
6475 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6476 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6477 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6478
6479 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6480 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6481
6482 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6483 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6484 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6485 using only core OS tools.
6486
6487 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6488 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6489 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6490 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6491 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6492 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6493 eventually.
6494
6495 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6496 presenting log data.
6497
6498 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6499 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6500
6501 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6502 system on idle.
6503
6504 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6505 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6506 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6507 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6508 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6509 information if possible.
6510
6511 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6512 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6513 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6514
6515 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6516 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6517 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6518 is running on battery power.
6519
6520 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6521 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6522 is in the "failed" state.
6523
6524 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6525 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6526 environment files at once.
6527
6528 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6529 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6530 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6531 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6532 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6533 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6534 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6535 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6536 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6537 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6538 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6539 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6540 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6541
6542 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6543 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6544
6545 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6546 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6547
6548 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6549 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6550 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6551 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6552 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6553 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6554 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6555 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6556 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6557 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6558 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6559 shipped from us upstream.
6560
6561 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6562 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6563 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6564 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6565 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6566 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6567 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6568 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6569 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6570 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6571 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6572 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6573 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6574
6575 CHANGES WITH 196:
6576
6577 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6578 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6579 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6580 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6581 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6582 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6583 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6584 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6585 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6586 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6587 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6588 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6589 data for all devices where this is available, by
6590 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6591 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6592 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6593 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6594 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6595 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6596
6597 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6598 indexed database to link up additional information with
6599 journal entries. For further details please check:
6600
6601 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6602
6603 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6604 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6605 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6606 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6607 macro for this purpose.
6608
6609 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6610 Python logging framework.
6611
6612 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6613 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6614 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6615 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6616 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6617 time intervals.
6618
6619 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6620 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6621 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6622
6623 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6624 right-away on the selected coredump.
6625
6626 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6627 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6628 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6629
6630 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6631 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6632 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6633 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6634
6635 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6636 default.
6637
6638 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6639 SMACK security label.
6640
6641 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6642 daylight saving change.
6643
6644 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6645 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6646 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6647 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6648 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6649 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6650 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6651
6652 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6653 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6654 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6655 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6656 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6657 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6658 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6659 PolicyKit is not around.
6660
6661 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6662 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6663
6664 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6665 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6666 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6667 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6668 offline updating tools.
6669
6670 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6671 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6672 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6673 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6674 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6675 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6676
6677 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6678 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6679
6680 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6681 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6682 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6683 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6684 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6685 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6686 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6687 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6688 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6689
6690 CHANGES WITH 195:
6691
6692 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6693 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6694 units via --unit=/-u.
6695
6696 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6697 right thing.
6698
6699 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6700 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6701 rotation.
6702
6703 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6704 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6705 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6706 completion of journalctl has been updated
6707 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6708 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6709
6710 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6711 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6712
6713 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6714 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6715 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6716 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6717 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6718 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6719 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6720 completion.
6721
6722 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6723 extract coredumps from the journal.
6724
6725 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6726 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6727 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6728 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6729 scratch their heads.
6730
6731 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6732 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6733
6734 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6735 in immediate termination of systemd.
6736
6737 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6738 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6739
6740 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6741 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6742 mouse screen support has been added.
6743
6744 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6745 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6746
6747 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6748 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6749 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6750 "systemctl reload".
6751
6752 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6753 -u" instead.
6754
6755 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6756 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6757 configured.
6758
6759 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6760 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6761
6762 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6763 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6764 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6765 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6766 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6767 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6768 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6769
6770 CHANGES WITH 194:
6771
6772 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6773 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6774 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6775 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6776 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6777 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6778 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6779 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6780 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6781 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6782 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6783 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6784
6785 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6786 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6787 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6788
6789 CHANGES WITH 193:
6790
6791 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6792 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6793
6794 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6795 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6796 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6797
6798 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6799 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6800 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6801 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6802 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6803 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6804 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6805
6806 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6807 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6808
6809 This will download the journal contents in a
6810 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6811
6812 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6813
6814 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6815 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6816 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6817 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6818 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6819
6820 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6821
6822 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6823 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6824
6825 CHANGES WITH 192:
6826
6827 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6828 too.
6829
6830 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6831 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6832 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6833 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6834 just start them.
6835
6836 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6837 and line break accordingly.
6838
6839 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6840 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6841
6842 CHANGES WITH 191:
6843
6844 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6845 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6846 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6847 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6848 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6849
6850 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6851 will default to 10 if omitted.
6852
6853 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6854 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6855 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6856 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6857 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6858
6859 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6860 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6861 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6862 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6863 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6864 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6865 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6866
6867 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6868 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6869 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6870 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6871 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6872 into two.
6873
6874 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6875 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6876
6877 CHANGES WITH 190:
6878
6879 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6880 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6881 "systemctl status".
6882
6883 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6884 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6885 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6886 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6887 field.)
6888
6889 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6890 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6891 default.
6892
6893 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6894 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6895 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6896 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6897 in a container.
6898
6899 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6900 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6901 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6902 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6903 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6904 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6905
6906 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6907 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6908 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6909 no-op.
6910
6911 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6912 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6913 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6914 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6915 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6916
6917 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6918 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6919
6920 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6921 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6922 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6923 command.
6924
6925 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6926 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6927 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6928
6929 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6930
6931 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6932 multiple files at once.
6933
6934 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6935 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6936 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6937 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6938 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6939 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6940 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6941
6942 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6943 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6944 now support specifiers as well.
6945
6946 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6947 dir: %_presetdir.
6948
6949 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6950 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6951
6952 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6953 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6954 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6955 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6956 anymore.
6957
6958 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6959 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6960 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6961 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6962
6963 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6964 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6965 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6966
6967 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6968 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6969 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6970 sockets.
6971
6972 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6973 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6974 is changed.
6975
6976 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6977 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6978 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6979 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6980 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6981 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6982 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6983
6984 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6985
6986 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6987 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6988
6989 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6990 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6991
6992 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6993 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6994 (%b).
6995
6996 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6997 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6998 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6999 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7000 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
7001 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7002 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7003
7004 CHANGES WITH 189:
7005
7006 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
7007 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
7008
7009 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
7010 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
7011 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
7012 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
7013 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
7014 syslog daemons again.
7015
7016 * The libudev API gained the new
7017 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
7018
7019 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
7020 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
7021 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
7022 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
7023
7024 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
7025 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
7026 container.
7027
7028 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7029 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7030 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7031 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7032 this explaining it in more detail.
7033
7034 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7035 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7036 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7037 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7038
7039 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7040 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7041 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7042 journal files.
7043
7044 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7045 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7046 as container init process a lot more fun.
7047
7048 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7049 entries.
7050
7051 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7052 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7053 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7054 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7055 different sets of services.
7056
7057 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7058 failure state.
7059
7060 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
7061 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7062 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7063
7064 CHANGES WITH 188:
7065
7066 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7067 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7068 tree a lot more organized.
7069
7070 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7071 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7072
7073 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7074 services.
7075
7076 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7077 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7078 filtering by log level now.
7079
7080 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7081 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7082 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7083
7084 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
7085 command lines involving service unit names.
7086
7087 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7088 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7089
7090 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7091 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7092 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7093
7094 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7095 option.
7096
7097 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7098 a shutdown is cancelled.
7099
7100 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7101 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7102 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7103 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7104 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7105
7106 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7107 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7108 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7109 for display managers instead.
7110
7111 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7112 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7113 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7114 protection, and suchlike.
7115
7116 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7117 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7118 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7119 the service.
7120
7121 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7122 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7123 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7124 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7125 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7126 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7127
7128 CHANGES WITH 187:
7129
7130 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7131 pages.
7132
7133 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7134 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7135 data loss.
7136
7137 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
7138 option.
7139
7140 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7141
7142 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7143 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7144
7145 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7146 specific directory.
7147
7148 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7149 messages of two different boots.
7150
7151 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7152 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7153 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7154
7155 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7156 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7157 disjunctions.
7158
7159 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7160 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7161 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7162
7163 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
7164 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
7165 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
7166
7167 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
7168 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
7169 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
7170 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
7171 speed things up a bit.
7172
7173 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
7174 header data of journal files.
7175
7176 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
7177 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
7178 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
7179
7180 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
7181 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
7182 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
7183 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
7184
7185 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7186
7187 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
7188 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
7189 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7190 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7191
7192 CHANGES WITH 186:
7193
7194 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
7195 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
7196 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
7197 prefixed with rd.
7198
7199 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
7200 automatically generated at boot. Use:
7201
7202 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
7203
7204 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
7205
7206 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
7207
7208 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
7209 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
7210 as well.
7211
7212 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
7213 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
7214 in all appropriate directories automatically.
7215
7216 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
7217 does the right thing. Example:
7218
7219 udevadm info /dev/sda
7220 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
7221
7222 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
7223 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
7224 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
7225 running.
7226
7227 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
7228 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
7229
7230 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7231 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
7232
7233 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7234 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7235 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7236 files.
7237
7238 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7239 be stopped that is not loaded.
7240
7241 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7242
7243 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7244
7245 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7246 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7247 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7248 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7249
7250 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7251 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7252 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7253 completed initialization.
7254
7255 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7256
7257 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7258 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7259 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7260 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7261 distributions.
7262
7263 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7264 always valid when services log to the journal via
7265 STDOUT/STDERR.
7266
7267 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7268 command line options we understand.
7269
7270 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7271 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7272
7273 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
7274 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7275
7276 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7277 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7278 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7279 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7280
7281 systemctl status /home
7282 systemctl status /dev/sda
7283
7284 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7285 system.conf parsing.
7286
7287 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7288 Manager object.
7289
7290 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
7291
7292 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7293
7294 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7295 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7296 complete.
7297
7298 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7299 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7300 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7301 systemd-fsck@.service.
7302
7303 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7304 Manager object.
7305
7306 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7307 work sensibly.
7308
7309 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7310 we actually understand.
7311
7312 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7313 additional capabilities to the container.
7314
7315 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
7316 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
7317 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7318
7319 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7320 the current boot only.
7321
7322 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7323 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7324
7325 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7326 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7327 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7328 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7329 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7330
7331 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7332
7333 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7334 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7335 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7336 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
7337
7338 CHANGES WITH 185:
7339
7340 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7341 available.
7342
7343 * Several new man pages have been added.
7344
7345 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7346 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7347 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7348 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
7349
7350 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7351 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
7352
7353 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7354 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7355 Matthias Clasen
7356
7357 CHANGES WITH 184:
7358
7359 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7360 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7361
7362 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7363 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7364 daemon.
7365
7366 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7367 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7368
7369 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7370 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7371 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7372 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7373
7374 CHANGES WITH 183:
7375
7376 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7377 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7378 and systemd's most recent version number.
7379
7380 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7381 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7382 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7383 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7384 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
7385 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
7386
7387 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
7388 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7389 subsystems.
7390
7391 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7392 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7393 used to subscribe to events.
7394
7395 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7396 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7397 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7398 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
7399 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
7400 forked by udev rules.
7401
7402 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7403 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7404 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7405 it.
7406
7407 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
7408 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7409 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7410 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
7411 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
7412
7413 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
7414 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
7415
7416 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7417 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7418 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7419 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7420
7421 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7422 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7423 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7424 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7425 to be used as drop-in files.
7426
7427 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
7428 particular suspending and hibernating.
7429
7430 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7431 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7432 about this in more detail.
7433
7434 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
7435 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
7436 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7437 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7438 from git history and add them downstream.
7439
7440 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7441 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
7442 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
7443 units.
7444
7445 * All smaller setup units (such as
7446 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7447 are run in a container and are skipped when
7448 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7449 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7450
7451 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7452 integrated, for details see:
7453 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
7454
7455 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7456 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7457 messages.
7458
7459 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7460 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
7461 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7462 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7463 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7464
7465 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7466 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7467 for all units started by PID 1.
7468
7469 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7470 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7471 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7472
7473 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7474 of PID 1 anymore.
7475
7476 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7477 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
7478 have not been read by systemd yet.
7479
7480 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7481 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7482 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7483 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7484 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7485 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7486
7487 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7488 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7489
7490 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7491
7492 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7493 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7494 so sexy.
7495
7496 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7497 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7498 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7499 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7500 patterns.
7501
7502 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7503 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7504 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7505 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7506
7507 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7508 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7509
7510 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7511 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7512 in systemd now.
7513
7514 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7515 ID on the command line.
7516
7517 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7518 for an init system.
7519
7520 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7521 vt100.
7522
7523 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7524
7525 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7526 components now have directories of their own.
7527
7528 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7529
7530 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7531 container in other hierarchies.
7532
7533 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7534 system.conf.
7535
7536 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7537
7538 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7539 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7540
7541 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7542 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7543
7544 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7545 locally generated journal files.
7546
7547 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7548
7549 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7550
7551 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7552 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7553 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7554 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7555 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7556 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7557 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7558 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7559 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7560 Gundersen
7561
7562 CHANGES WITH 44:
7563
7564 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7565
7566 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7567 KVM or container configured UUID.
7568
7569 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7570
7571 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7572
7573 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7574 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7575
7576 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7577
7578 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7579 folks
7580
7581 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7582 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7583 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7584
7585 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7586 configuration
7587
7588 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7589 free fashion
7590
7591 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7592 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7593 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7594 automatically generated data.
7595
7596 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7597 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7598 however.
7599
7600 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7601 tarball.
7602
7603 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7604 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7605 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7606 Reding
7607
7608 CHANGES WITH 43:
7609
7610 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7611
7612 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7613
7614 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7615
7616 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7617 normal user logins.
7618
7619 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7620 Biebl
7621
7622 CHANGES WITH 42:
7623
7624 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7625
7626 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7627 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7628 xsltproc.
7629
7630 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7631 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7632 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7633
7634 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7635 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7636 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7637
7638 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7639
7640 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7641 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7642 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7643
7644 CHANGES WITH 41:
7645
7646 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7647 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7648 package update.
7649
7650 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7651 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7652 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7653
7654 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7655 complete.
7656
7657 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7658 understood to set system wide environment variables
7659 dynamically at boot.
7660
7661 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7662
7663 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7664 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7665 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7666 files.
7667
7668 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7669 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7670 William Douglas
7671
7672 CHANGES WITH 40:
7673
7674 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7675
7676 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7677 "Result" D-Bus property.
7678
7679 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7680 the next few releases.)
7681
7682 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7683 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7684 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7685 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7686
7687 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7688 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7689 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7690
7691 CHANGES WITH 39:
7692
7693 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7694 bugfixes.
7695
7696 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7697 resource usage.
7698
7699 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7700 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7701 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7702 journals by the respective users.
7703
7704 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7705 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7706 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7707
7708 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7709 client for all entries.
7710
7711 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7712
7713 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7714 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7715
7716 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7717 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7718 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7719 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7720
7721 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7722 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7723 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7724
7725 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7726 journal along with meta data.
7727
7728 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7729 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7730 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7731
7732 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7733 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7734 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7735
7736 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7737
7738 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7739 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7740 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7741 or fsck.
7742
7743 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7744 requested with new -k switch.
7745
7746 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7747 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7748
7749 CHANGES WITH 38:
7750
7751 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7752 bugfixes.
7753
7754 * The git repository moved to:
7755 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7756 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7757
7758 * First release with the journal
7759 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7760
7761 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7762 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7763
7764 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7765
7766 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7767
7768 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7769 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7770 remote mounts.
7771
7772 * Added Mageia support
7773
7774 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7775
7776 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7777 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7778 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7779 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7780 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7781
7782 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7783 of existing distributions.
7784
7785 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7786 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7787
7788 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7789 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7790 boot.
7791
7792 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7793
7794 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7795 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7796 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7797 among other things.
7798
7799 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7800 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7801
7802 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7803
7804 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7805 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7806 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7807
7808 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7809 restored.
7810
7811 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7812 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7813 kmod
7814
7815 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7816 of /usr/local by default.
7817
7818 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7819 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7820 in:
7821 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7822
7823 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7824 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7825 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7826 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7827 supported anyway, and bad style).
7828
7829 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7830 reloading of units together.
7831
7832 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7833 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7834 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7835 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7836 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek